Wireless Dog Fences for Large Dogs

The Best Wireless Dog Fences for Large Dogs, Buyers Guide, Reviews, and Comparison

Keeping your pooch safe and contained can be a challenge for many dog owners, especially larger dogs. The best wireless dog fences for large dogs can help ensure your wandering pup never strays too far from home, without the need for large, expensive, and unsightly physical fences.

Top Pick

PetSafe — Original Wireless Fence (PIF-300)

PetSafe America's Safest Pet Fence - The Original Wireless Containment System

The PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence system is easy to install, straightforward to operate and with circular coverage reaching half an acre, it offers a decent space for your large dog to roam. And, including training flags, a testing tool and a wrench, it's ready to run straight from the box. 

  • Adjustable circular range up to 0.5 acre.

  • Only takes 1 - 2 hours to set up.

  • Tone-only mode and five levels of static correction.

Table Comparisons

Wireless Dog Fences for Large Dogs

PRODUCTFEATURES
PetSafe — Original Wireless Fence (PIF-300)
PetSafe — Original Wireless Fence (PIF-300)
Radio Frequency/GPS: Radio
Coverage: 0.5 acre
Collar Size: 6 - 28 inches
Battery/Rechargeable: Battery
  • Easy to install.
  • Option for multi-pet use.
  • Long battery life.

Product Rating: 4.8/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Pawious — GPS Dog Fence (F810+)
Pawious — GPS Dog Fence (F810+)
Radio Frequency/GPS: GPS
Coverage: Up to 1000 yards
Collar Size: 9 - 23 inches
Battery/Rechargeable: Rechargeable
  • AI scene recognition to avoid false triggers.
  • Signal boost in areas with low GPS signal.
  • Five levels of correction.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
PetSafe PIF00-15001
PetSafe PIF00-15001
Radio Frequency/GPS: Radio
Coverage: Up to 0.75 acre
Collar Size: 6 - 28 inches
Battery/Rechargeable: Battery
  • Waterproof receiver with adjustable collar.
  • Short and long contact points for the furriest dogs.
  • Tone-only training mode.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Pawious TZ-F381
Pawious TZ-F381
Radio Frequency/GPS: GPS
Coverage: Up to 1000 feet
Collar Size: 9.5 - 21 inches
Battery/Rechargeable: Rechargeable
  • Training or fence mode options.
  • Can be used with three dogs simultaneously in training mode.
  • Transmitter unit can be handheld.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
PetSafe PIF00-12917
PetSafe PIF00-12917
Radio Frequency/GPS: Radio
Coverage: Up to 0.75 acre
Collar Size: 6 - 28 inches
Battery/Rechargeable: Rechargeable
  • LCD display.
  • Waterproof (IP67) rechargeable collar.
  • Customizable correction level.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review"
SpotOn — GPS Dog Fence & Collar
SpotOn — GPS Dog Fence & Collar
Radio Frequency/GPS: GPS
Coverage: Unlimited
Collar Size: 10 - 26 inches
Battery/Rechargeable: Rechargeable
  • Works with both iOS and Android phones/tablets.
  • Quick set up with custom app.
  • 30 levels of static correction and vibration.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review

Wireless Dog Fences for Large Dogs Buying Guide

Keeping your dog safe is one of the highest priorities for every dog owner. Invisible fences have revolutionized the way we keep our pups contained in the safety of our backyards. But, if you have a big, not-so-lazy dog, wireless dog fences for large dogs could be your answer. 

Why Choose a Wireless Fence for Large Dogs?

If you’re the proud owner of a large family dog, you’ll know they need plenty of space to stretch their legs. But, you also want to keep them safe when they’re wandering around. 

Leaving your dog in your backyard used to mean enclosing it with a traditional large wooden or metal fence. For one, this could be expensive, for two it may not be the most aesthetically pleasing, and for three, erecting fences may not be allowed in your area. 

Underground fencing for large dogs is one option. It uses a boundary wire to create a “safe” zone for your pup. However, the alternative is to go wireless. To learn more, check out our post on the differences between wireless vs wired dog fences.

In some cases, the best invisible fence for big dogs can be used to encourage your pooch to keep clear of your swimming pool or prevent them from digging up your flowerbeds. In other words, you can also use an invisible wireless fence to help maintain the current look and feel of your yard.

How Do the Best Wireless Fences for Large Dogs Work?

Most large dog wireless fence systems function via a virtual connection from a central transmitter to a special collar your pooch wears. This creates an invisible boundary around your backyard.

As your pooch approaches the boundary, the collar may beep loudly, vibrate around your pup’s neck, or in some cases, emit a gentle shock (correction) if your pup should cross the boundary line.

That’s the simplicity of wireless fence systems — the combination of a transmitter and a specialized receiver collar keeps your furry companion safe within your chosen space. Some GPS-enabled units don’t even require a separate transmitter unit!

Do wireless dog fences really work?

Although you may see disgruntled reports from dog lovers on the web saying they don’t work, many have been successfully using wireless dog fences for large dogs for years. Take a look at some of the common myths about electric dog fences.

The Best Wireless Fence for Large Dogs — What To Look For?

While many people rate wireless fences for smaller breeds, larger dogs can be more challenging. Will the corrective stimuli be strong enough to deter your big dog from crossing the boundary? And, will the wireless fence be able to respond effectively to the increased speed and strength of a bigger pooch?

Factors to look for include:

Dog Size

The receiver/training collar that comes with the best wireless fence for large dogs has a unique fit. The collar will typically have two/four small blunt prongs that are designed to make contact with their skin.

To be truly effective the collar needs to fit perfectly. If the collar is too tight your pooch may be at risk of injury — too loose and the contacts may slide off, preventing your pup from receiving the corrective stimuli.

You should measure the circumference of your pup’s neck and pay close attention to the measurements quoted by the manufacturer. Ensure that the collar’s length is sufficient for your dog. While most are adjustable, you still want to make sure it’s long enough to get the correct fit. 

Collar Durability

Check the water resistance of a receiver collar, especially if you live in a wetter climate or have a pooch who loves to doggy paddle. Water and electricity don’t tend to mix too well, so you must pay special attention to the manufacturer's specifications.

Collars can be designed to be either waterproof or water-resistant. 

Water-Resistant

A water-resistant collar can be used in light rain or can even withstand the odd splash of water from a garden sprinkler system. However, they won’t stand up to constant exposure during a heavy downpour or a quick dip in the pool.

Waterproof

If you have a pool or there is a lake/river within the boundaries you set, you should invest in a waterproof collar with a sealed receiver unit. All the electrical components of the collar are better protected, ensuring both your dog and your investment in the collar are safe.

Ingress protection (IP) ratings indicate how well an electronic item will keep water out. These are displayed using two letters followed by a two-digit number. The first number is the rating of the enclosure and whether it’s dustproof. The second number is how water resistant the device is. An “X” signifies the dustproof rating is untested. For example:

  • IP67 — dust tight and waterproof to a depth of 3.3 feet for approx. 30 mins.

  • IPX7 — waterproof to a depth of 3.3 feet for approx. 30 mins.

Both the above enclosures are considered waterproof but only for a limited time. The higher the second digit, the higher the resistance to water when submerged.

For ultimate durability, some manufacturers offer weatherproof collars that withstand intense heat and stronger gusts of wind and water.

Perimeter Requirements

How large is the area you wish to cover? Most wireless dog fences will easily cover up to 0.5 to 0.75 acres, enough for your average backyard. However, the technological limitations of signal triangulation of radio technology and GPS mean smaller yards, typically under 30 yards in area, won't be suitable.

If your pooch is more of an outdoor dog and likes to roam around larger areas, a GPS wireless fence may be the solution. Although they aren’t GPS trackers (unless you pay a subscription with some), you can use an app on your smartphone to draw much larger boundaries. With some, you can even set many different zones for different times of the day.

A downside with many of the radio frequency (RF) wireless dog fences is the shape of the perimeter you can set. Circular boundaries can mean certain areas of your yard could be unintentionally out of bounds.

Replaceable Cells or Rechargeable

The collar will need power to receive the signals from the transmitter or GPS and to administer the correctional stimuli. Batteries can be a huge factor in how you use the wireless fence system and how much you spend on upkeep.

Single-Use

Replaceable batteries hold just one charge and must be replaced when they run out. (Check out the manufacturer’s quoted lifespan of a battery). Although the cost may not seem much, it can soon add up, especially if the manufacturer uses a unique proprietary cell.

Rechargeable

Rechargeable batteries can be more convenient and less expensive in the long term. 

Normally built into the collar, you don’t even need to remove them when they need recharging — simply connect the charging cable to the collar.

However, pay attention to the size and capacity of the battery cell — how long it will last between charges. Rechargeable collars come with a compatible charging cable, but check if the USB connector is the same as your plug or power supply (there are so many different types of USB nowadays).

And, you’ll want to check the charging time — if it runs out during the day and requires a few hours to top-up, remember, your invisible fence will be rendered unworkable until the collar is back to full power.

Ease of Use/Installation

Unlike underground fencing for large dogs, there isn’t any digging involved with a wireless version, but it still requires some installation. Generally, this only takes a couple of hours and is relatively easy.

Radio Frequency (RF) Fences

With most RF wireless fences, this is as straightforward as placing the central transmitter in a chosen location, setting the boundary radius and level of correction. If training flags are provided you can also put these down as a visual training aid and remove them once you feel your pup is adequately aware of the perimeter.

GPS Fences

Wireless fences that use GPS may require you to physically walk around the boundaries to ensure the correct perimeter is set. Premium GPS wireless fences may come with an app where it’s as simple as “drawing” a boundary on your phone using your fingertips.

wireless invisible fence for large dogs

Wireless Dog Fence for Large Dogs Reviews

The technology used in invisible fencing for large dogs varies from one model to another. We have chosen what we think are five of the best systems for ensuring your big pup remains safely within their boundaries.

PetSafe — Original Wireless Fence (PIF-300)

Most Reliable RF Wireless Fence

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Easy to install, consistent reliability, and coming from a name synonymous with wireless dog fences make the PetSafe (PIF-300) Original Wireless Fence our number one choice. 

The transmitter provided with this wireless containment system covers up to 0.5 acres from wherever it’s placed — offering a respectable space for a large dog. What’s more, you can expand on this with additional transmitters. And, as it’s a portable system, you can even take it on family vacations or in the RV — keeping your dog safe at home and away.

A waterproof collar houses a replaceable battery — with a runtime of up to 2 months. You even get a helpful alert to warn you the battery is running out, avoiding the risk of temporarily losing your invisible fence. 

Five adjustable settings of correction enable you to find the one that’s right for your dog. Plus, the static-free re-entry feature is a nice touch. Should your dog break free of the boundary, they won’t be ‘corrected’ for returning home. 

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
PetSafe America's Safest Pet Fence - The Original Wireless Containment System

OUR RATING: 4.8/5

PROS:

• Large/adjustable radius.
• Five levels of tone and static correction.
• Additional collars can be purchased for multi-pet use.
• Static-free re-entry.
• Comes complete with training flags and test light.
• Simple to set up — around 2 hours.

CONS:

• Circular boundary zone.

• Beep could be louder.


Pawious — GPS Dog Fence (F810+)

Best Value GPS Wireless Fence

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

If you’ve decided that GPS is the way forward but you’re on a budget, the reasonably priced Pawious could be worth a look.

It offers upgraded technology for better signal strength — ensuring steady and precise positioning in low-signal areas. And, AI scene recognition technology automatically recognizes features such as landscape changes and avoids false triggering.

 

With extra safety features, the Pawious offers you extra piece of mind and more accurate boundary control. Should your pooch attempt to escape your designated area (up to 1000 yards), the collar will emit a progressively increasing tone, vibration, or static correction (optional) in six levels. After pausing for 1 minute, the cycle will be repeated. The collar will continue emitting an audible beep until your dog returns.

However, it should be noted, the Pawious GPS Dog Fence isn’t suitable for use indoors due to the need for a clear line of sight to satellites. And, smaller yards will struggle to register on the GPS (anything under 30 yards).

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Pawious — GPS Dog Fence (F810+)

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Superior signal boost compared to previous versions.
• Good value GPS-driven system.
• IPX7 waterproof.
• Rechargeable battery — runtime 24 - 36 hours.
• Enhanced safety features avoid overstimulation of dogs

CONS:

• Can’t be used indoors or in smaller • yards.

• Initial satellite connection can delay at times.


PetSafe — Stay & Play Wireless Pet Fence (PIF00-15001)

Best RF Wireless Fence for Larger Boundary

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

For those who are happy with RF-controlled systems, but need more space, the PetSafe (PIF00-15001) offers larger coverage, at 0.75 acres, compared to the PetSafe (PIF-300).

Using a similar transmitter but much more compact and modern-looking in black, the Stay & Play is just as easy to set up. Simply place the transmitter in your chosen location, connect it to the power supply, and switch it on. You can also adjust the radius of the doggy zone so it perfectly fits your yard or space. 

Safety flags are included to help you with fence training, and the test light allows you to check everything is in working order before you let your pooch loose. You also receive a five-level-correction collar that fits a dog's neck up to 28 inches — sufficient for most large dogs.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
PetSafe — Stay & Play Wireless Pet Fence (PIF00-15001)

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Impressive radius.
• Two-length collar contact points.
• Long battery life — up to 2 months.
• Easy to adjust
• Can be used with unlimited additional dogs.

CONS:

• Proprietary PetSafe collar battery. 

• Lacks vibration correction, only static/beep.


Pawious — Wireless Dog Fence (TZ-F381)

Best for Dog Training & Wireless Fence

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

This Pawious GPS TZ-F381 collar has a dual purpose — it's both a wireless fence for large dogs and can be used as a training tool. When in fence mode it will create a boundary up to 1000 feet. And, in training mode, it can be used with up to three dogs — additional collar purchases are required. 

At your disposal, you have the three corrective signals, audio, vibration, and static, which can easily be swapped for training purposes. A safety lock on the remote prevents any accidental shocks, plus the collar comes with two pairs of conductive posts complete with silicone caps — preventing any harm to your dog.

Its charging station doubles up as a holder for the remote/transmitter when in fence mode — reducing the likelihood of losing it or forgetting where you left it. The receiver uses high-capacity batteries that are quick-charging (3.5 hrs for transmitter, 2.5 hrs for receiver) yet, as the runtime lasts several weeks, you don’t have to worry about doing this too often.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Pawious — Wireless Dog Fence (TZ-F381)

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Can be used in smaller yards than most GPS collars.
• Auto-shut-off prevents over-correction.
• Large LED screen.
• 42 levels of distance.
• Waterproof IPX7-rated transmitter/receiver.

CONS:

• Radius may be too limiting for some owners.
• The transmitter needs to be placed 5 feet above ground level to function correctly.


PetSafe — Stay & Play Compact Wireless Pet Fence (PIF00-12917)

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Best Portable RF Wireless Fence

The compact design of this PetSafe (PIF00-12917) wireless system makes it one of the best invisible dog fences for big dogs with humans who enjoy camping or life on the road. Simply throw it in your backpack or the trunk and plug in the transmitter unit when you arrive at your destination.

Its easy-to-read LCD screen displays the boundary radius you set and also has warning indicators for any potential problems with the wireless fence — so you know exactly how far your dog can roam. However, the transmitter unit isn’t waterproof, so needs to be situated inside, away from the elements — you will also need a power outlet!

The rechargeable collar is waterproof (IPX7) and it means you won’t need to go out searching for batteries either. The collar can achieve full charge in 2 - 3 hours and will work for up to 3 weeks from one charge. Additional collars can also be purchased if you have more pets or want to keep one in reserve.
The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
PetSafe — Stay & Play Compact Wireless Pet Fence (PIF00-12917)

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Compact and lightweight transmitter unit.
• Impressive radius for such a small unit – up to 0.75 acres.
• Correction level adjustable.
• Battery level indication.
• Fast rechargeable Li-ion battery.

CONS:

• Collar could be more durable.
• Circular boundary only.


SpotOn — GPS Dog Fence & Collar

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Best Premium GPS Wireless Fence for Larger Areas

While a premium-priced wireless invisible fence for large dogs, it is packed with hi-tech features, so it’s ideal if you’re into your gadgets.

Setting your boundary is super straightforward. All carried out via an application on your phone, you literally draw a line and it's done. You can also save up to 20 different boundaries within this app. And, you can even customize the areas to the time of day — for example, a smaller area at night if you prefer your dog to stay closer to home. The SpotOn boundary can be anywhere from 0.5 to 1000s of acres.

The rechargeable collar fits large dogs with a neck size of 19 to 26 inches. It’s also waterproof to IP67 standard and weatherproof for temperatures from -30 F to greater than 120 F. So, it’s ideal if your dog loves to swim, play in the rain or in the snow — all weathers.

With the SpotOn system being wholly contained in the collar, a separate collar is needed for each dog, although fences can be shared between apps. And, while there is no subscription for using the SpotOn as a wireless fence system, if you wish to track your dog in real-time — there are additional charges for that service. 

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
SpotOn — GPS Dog Fence & Collar

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Easy to use — draw boundaries of any shape or size on a GPS map on your phone.
• Static/vibration correction — 30 levels.
• Battery lasts 22 hours from a one-hour charge.
• Waterproof and weatherproof (IP67).
• Extremely accurate — access to over 128 GPS satellites.

CONS:

• May be overkill for some dog owners.
• Real-time tracking — additional purchase/mobile carrier contract.

Conclusion

Wireless dog fences provide a virtual safety net for your big dog, whether that's at home in your yard or away. 

When searching for your fence you should consider the size of your perimeter, if rechargeable or single-use cells are better for you, and make sure the collar withstands your dog’s activity levels. 

Whether you’re looking for a value-for-money system, like the Pawious F810+ or a smartphone-friendly GPS version, such as the SpotOn, there are solutions for everyone. That said, our top pick out of the wireless dog fences for large dogs has to be PetSafe’s Original System (PIF-300)

Wireless Dog Fences for Large Dogs FAQs

Do Wireless Fences Work for Big Dogs?

Yes, absolutely. A wireless fence may need to respond quicker and with stronger corrective stimuli when a big dog tries to cross the boundary — but training is key. Most manufacturers estimate it may take up to 2 weeks before your dog understands the boundaries of your fence.

Do Invisible Fences Work for Older Dogs?

Despite what people say, no dog is ever too old to learn new tricks. Generally speaking, the best wireless dog fences for large dogs can be used for any puppy over 8 weeks. However, be mindful that older dogs may not be as tolerant of the corrective measures. 

Static shocks may potentially cause burns to the more sensitive skin of an older dog, while audible beeps can be distressing if the old boy/girl has a more sensitive nature.

What Happens If a Dog Crosses Over an Invisible Fence?

Most invisible fence systems, whether underground wired or wireless, will emit an audible beep as your pooch approaches the boundary line. If your dog should then continue, a mild electric or static shock (correction) is given by the collar, which although doesn’t harm them, should prevent them from crossing again.

As your pup learns, most collars offer the facility to change to a tone-only mode, which your dog will associate with the previous shocks of crossing the boundary line — hopefully!

Do You Need Internet for a Wireless Dog Fence?

No, although most wireless dog fences use an 801.1 hz radio frequency similar to Wi-Fi networks, the transmitter of a wireless fence works independently of any modem, router, or PC. Even GPS wireless dog fences don’t need an internet connection as they use the power of the global GPS network in the satellites above our heads.

That said, when you want to track your dog with GPS or some app-specific features of certain GPS wireless fences, you may need an internet connection.

Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.